blob: 697e35d0f901885141ef75e91b1ade0afaa8456c [file] [log] [blame]
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Apr 28
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
938You can add them to your .vimrc: >
939 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
940<
941Enables TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable" >
942 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
943<
944Enables Stylus for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable"
945
946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000949ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
951*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
952hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
953using. For Perl script use: >
954 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
955 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
956For Visual Basic use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
959
960
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000961BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000962
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200963The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000964for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
965are supported.
966
967Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
968in ones |.vimrc|: >
969 let baan_code_stds=1
970
971*baan-folding*
972
973Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
974mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
975source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
976
977To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
978 let baan_fold=1
979Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
980indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
981considered equal to a tab). >
982 let baan_fold_block=1
983Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000984SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000985match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
986 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000987Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000988the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
989.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
990 set foldminlines=5
991 set foldnestmax=6
992
993
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000994BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000996Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
998five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
999otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1000Basic.
1001
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001002If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1003example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1004 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1005
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001006
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001007C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001008
1009A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001010(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001011 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1013To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001014 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001015Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001016
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001017An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1018 :set filetype=cpp
1019
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001021*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1022*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001023*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1024*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001025*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1026*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1027*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001028 ...except { and } in first column
1029 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1030 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001031*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1032 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001033*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001034*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001035*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1036*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001037*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001038 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001039*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1040*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1041*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1042*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1043*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001044*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1045*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001046
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001047When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1048become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1049 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001050"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1051 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001052
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001053If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1054when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1055to a larger number: >
1056 :let c_minlines = 100
1057This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1058displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1059disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1060
1061When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1062works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1063you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1064
1065To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1066Example: >
1067 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1068 :function MyCadd()
1069 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1070 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1071 : hi link cMyItem Title
1072 :endfun
1073
1074ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1075"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1076not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1077highlighting: >
1078 :hi link cConstant NONE
1079
1080If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1081highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1082
1083If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001084in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001085~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001086 syn sync fromstart
1087 set foldmethod=syntax
1088
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001089CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001090
1091C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1092the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1093
1094By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1095of C or C++: >
1096 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1097
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001099CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001100
1101Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1102that are available. Additionally there is:
1103
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001104chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1105chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1106chill_minlines like c_minlines
1107
1108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001109CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001110
1111ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1112If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1113 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1114This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1115"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1116file).
1117
1118You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1119 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1120Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1121 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1122This works immediately.
1123
1124
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001125CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1126
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001127 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1128
1129Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1130but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1131|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1132syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001133>
1134 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001135 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1136 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001137 \ }
1138<
1139Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1140
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1142this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1143dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001144
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001145By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1146"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1147namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001148
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150 *g:clojure_fold*
1151
1152Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1153list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1154the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1155
1156
1157 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1158
1159Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1160reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001161>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001162 #_(defn foo [x]
1163 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001164<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1166(e.g. `#_#_`).
1167
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001169COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001170
1171COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1172development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1173versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1174add this line to your .vimrc: >
1175 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1176To disable it again, use this: >
1177 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001182The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001183comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1184
1185 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1186
1187The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1188
1189
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001190CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1191
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001192Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001193
1194Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001195cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001196cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001197cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1198cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001199
1200
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001201CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001202
1203This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1204used.
1205
1206Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1207symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1208between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001209"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1210>
1211 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001212
1213For using tcsh: >
1214
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001215 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001216
1217Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1218tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001219will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001220"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1221variable.
1222
1223
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001224CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001225
1226Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001227hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001228or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001229normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001230line to your .vimrc file: >
1231
1232 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1233
1234Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1235
1236 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1237
1238To disable these again, use this: >
1239
1240 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1241 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1242<
1243
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001244CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001245
1246Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1247doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1248startup vimrc: >
1249 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1250
1251
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001252DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1253
1254Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1255used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1256a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1257from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1258
1259More information about the language and its development environment at the
1260official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1261
1262dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1263type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1264and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1265framework.
1266
1267Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1268
1269https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1270
1271
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001272DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001273
1274Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001275according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001276https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1277To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1278 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1279Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1280To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1281 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1282g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001283
1284
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001285DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001286
1287The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1288there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1289
1290 :let diff_translations = 0
1291
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001292Also see |diff-slow|.
1293
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001294DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001295
1296The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1297provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1298the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1299versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1300uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1301line to your startup file: >
1302 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1303
1304
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001305DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001306DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1307DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001308
1309There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1310are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1311automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1312defaults to XML.
1313You can set the type manually: >
1314 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1315or: >
1316 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1317You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1318Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1319 :set filetype=docbksgml
1320or: >
1321 :set filetype=docbkxml
1322
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001323You can specify the DocBook version: >
1324 :let docbk_ver = 3
1325When not set 4 is used.
1326
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001327
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001328DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001329
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001330Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1331supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1332NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1333and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001334Select the version you want with the following line: >
1335
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001336 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001337
1338If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001339Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001340
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001341The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1342alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1343current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1344inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1345Stack Overflow -
1346
1347https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1348
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001349To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1350Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1351anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001352
1353 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1354
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001355If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1356block will be highlighted as an error.
1357
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001358There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001359"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1360is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001361
1362 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1363
1364If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1365
1366
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001367DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1368
1369Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001370(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1371idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001372
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001373There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1374explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1375Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001376 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1377or >
1378 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1379
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001380It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1381the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1382adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001383 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1384
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001385There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1386and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001387
1388Variable Default Effect ~
1389g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1390g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1391 doxygen comments.
1392
1393doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1394 and html_my_rendering underline.
1395
1396doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1397 colour highlighting.
1398
1399doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001400 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001401
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001402There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001403configuration.
1404
1405Highlight Effect ~
1406doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1407 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1408doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1409 \endlink from a \link section.
1410
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001411
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001412DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001413
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001414The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001415case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1416
1417 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1418
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001419The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001420this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1421
1422 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1423
1424before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1425Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1426'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1427Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1428highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001429delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001430
1431 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1432
1433The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1434
1435
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001436EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001437
1438While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001439syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1440highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001441highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1442
1443 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1444
1445Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1446
1447Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1448
1449 :let eiffel_strict=1
1450 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1451
1452Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1453five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1454"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1455
1456Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1457guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1458lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1459
1460If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1461"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1462
1463 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1464
1465instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1466
1467Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1468experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1469
1470 :let eiffel_ise=1
1471
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001472Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001473
1474 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1475
1476to your startup file.
1477
1478
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001479EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1480
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001481Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001482version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001483Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1484
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001485Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1486for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001487(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1488
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001489The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1490
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001491 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1492 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1493
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001494To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001495auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1496add the following line to your startup file: >
1497
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001498 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001499
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001500< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001501
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001502 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1503
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001504Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001505specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1506file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1507filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1508Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001509
1510
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001511ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001512
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001513Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001514the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001515
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001516The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1517put the following line in your vimrc: >
1518
1519 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1520
1521To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1522
1523 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001524
1525
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001526ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1527
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001528Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1529maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001530
1531The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1532
1533 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1534
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001535Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001536specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1537file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1538filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1539Elixir.
1540
1541
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001542FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1543
1544FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001545NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001546development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001547
1548Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1549syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1550editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1551start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1552'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1553(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1554and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1555
1556If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1557move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1558 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1559
1560
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001561FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001562
1563The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1564modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001565following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001566J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1567
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001568If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001569redefine the following syntax groups:
1570
1571 - formConditional
1572 - formNumber
1573 - formStatement
1574 - formHeaderStatement
1575 - formComment
1576 - formPreProc
1577 - formDirective
1578 - formType
1579 - formString
1580
1581Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1582directives per default in the same syntax group.
1583
1584A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001585header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001586this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1587
1588 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1589
1590The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001591gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001592conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1593
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001594Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1595should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1596the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1597
1598If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1599example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1600 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1601
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001603FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1604
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001605Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1606be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1607edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1608 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001609 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1610
1611
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001612FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001613
1614Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001615Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1616choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16172023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
161890, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1619respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001620items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001621
1622The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1623fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1624the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625
1626Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001627Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1629
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001630When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001631form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001632 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001633in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1634source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001635 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1636in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1637
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001638If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1639extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1640file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1641will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1642on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001643
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001644When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001645source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001646fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1647neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001648determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1649using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1650compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001651free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1652different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1653script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1654no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1655fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1656In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1657the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1658happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1659columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1660file.
1661
1662Vendor extensions ~
1663Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1664script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1665created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1666characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1667with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001668 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001669placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1670
1671If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1672set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1673 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1674placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1675
1676To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1677intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1678command such as >
1679 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1680placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001683Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001684fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001685Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001686using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001687variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1688 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001689placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001690mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1691
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001692Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001693Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1694fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001695 :let fortran_fold=1
1696to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1697is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001698subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1699units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1700constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1701fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001702 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001703then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001704select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1705be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001706
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001707The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1708comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1709non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1710or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001711items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712
1713Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001714Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1715strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001716because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1717
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001718For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001719|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001720
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001721FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1722
1723FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1724dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1725for how to select the correct dialect.
1726
1727Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1728
1729Variable Highlight ~
1730*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1731*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1732*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1733*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1734
1735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001736
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001737FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738
1739In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1740the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1741appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1742patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1743number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1744
1745For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1746as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1747
1748 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1749 \ set filetype=fvwm
1750
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001751GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752
1753The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1754the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1755is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1756are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1757
1758 htmlString
1759 htmlValue
1760 htmlEndTag
1761 htmlTag
1762 htmlTagN
1763
1764Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1765java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1766group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1767correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1768to the contains clause.
1769
1770The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1771group to make them easier to see.
1772
1773
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001774GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001775
1776The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001777under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001778of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1779filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1780(see |filetype.txt|).
1781
1782
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001783HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001784
1785The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001786Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001787syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1788
1789If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1790light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1791 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1792To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1793add: >
1794 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1795To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1796 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1797And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1798 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1799If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1800your .vimrc: >
1801 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1802
1803The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1804directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001805directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1806operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1808 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1809
1810The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1811automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1812TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001813or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814in your .vimrc >
1815 :let lhs_markup = none
1816for no highlighting at all, or >
1817 :let lhs_markup = tex
1818to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1819For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1820this variable, so e.g. >
1821 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1824loading a file.
1825
1826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001827HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001828
1829The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1830
1831The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1832This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001833closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1834are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001835
1836Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1837names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1838makes it easy to spot errors
1839
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001840Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1842
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001843Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001844are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1845text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1846while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001847only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001848<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001849
1850If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1851following syntax groups:
1852
1853 - htmlBold
1854 - htmlBoldUnderline
1855 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1856 - htmlUnderline
1857 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1858 - htmlItalic
1859 - htmlTitle for titles
1860 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1861
1862To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1863of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1864following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1865are read during initialization) >
1866 :let html_my_rendering=1
1867
1868If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1869http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1870
1871You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1872vimrc file: >
1873 :let html_no_rendering=1
1874
1875HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1876details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1877However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001878ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001879 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1880
1881JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1882'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001883programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1884currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885
1886Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1887
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001888There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1889written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001890following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1891(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001892>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1894 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1895
1896Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1897the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1898
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001899 *html-folding*
1900The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1901and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1902
1903 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1904 :set foldmethod=syntax
1905
1906Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1907especially for large files.
1908
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001909
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001910HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001911
1912The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1913
1914Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1915doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1916this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1917different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1918 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1919
1920Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1921
1922Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1923signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1924a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1925 :set syntax=htmlos
1926
1927Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1928block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1929
1930
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001931IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001932
1933Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1934how to recognize this filetype.
1935
1936To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1937 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1938
1939
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001940INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001941
1942Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1943most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1944to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1945 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1946
1947By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1948and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1949you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1950need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1951 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1952
1953This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1954set of highlighted system functions.
1955
1956The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1957it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1958by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1959startup sequence: >
1960 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1961
1962By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1963version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1964Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1965startup sequence: >
1966 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1967
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001968IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1969
1970IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1971Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1972
1973IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1974rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001975repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001976
1977There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1978are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1979
1980The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1981
1982Variable Effect ~
1983
1984idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1985 extensions
1986idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1987idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1988 quite helpful)
1989idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001991
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001992JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001993
1994The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1995
1996In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1997flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001998classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1999old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2001
2002All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2003highlight them use: >
2004 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2005
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002006You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002007download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2008If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2009use the following: >
2010 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2011Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2012
2013Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002014how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002015functions:
2016
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002017If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
2018a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002019 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002020 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2021 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2022 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2023 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2024 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2025 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2026 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2027 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2028Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002029However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002030supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
2031amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002032 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002033If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want function
2034declarations to be highlighted, create your own definitions by changing the
2035definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim that includes the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2037
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002038In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002039only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002040statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002041your startup file: >
2042 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2043The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002044characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002045new highlightings for the following groups.:
2046 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2047which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002048strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002049have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002050
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002051Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2052creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2053similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2054and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002055 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2056 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2057 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2058 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2059 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002060 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002061 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2062To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2063 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2064
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002065If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2066can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2067scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2068actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2069CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002070 :let java_javascript=1
2071 :let java_css=1
2072 :let java_vb=1
2073
2074In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2075for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2076 :hi link javaParen Comment
2077or >
2078 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2079
2080If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2081when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2082to a larger number: >
2083 :let java_minlines = 50
2084This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2085displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2086number is that redrawing can become slow.
2087
2088
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002089JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2090
2091The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2092default. To disable concealment: >
2093 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2094
2095To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2096 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2097
2098
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002099JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2100
2101To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2102 hi link jqNumber Normal
2103
2104If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2105 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2106
2107
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002108LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002109
2110Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2111style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2112define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2113 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2114
2115
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002116LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002117
2118Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2119gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2120 :syn sync minlines=300
2121may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2122difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2123
2124
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002125LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2126
2127To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2128
2129 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2130<
2131
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002132LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2133
2134The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2135
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002136 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002137 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2138 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002139 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002140 of parenthesization will receive different
2141 highlighting.
2142<
2143The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2144the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2145colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2146specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002147usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002148highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2149
2150
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002151LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152
2153There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2154
2155If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2156
2157 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2158
2159For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2160set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2161
2162 :let lite_minlines = 200
2163
2164
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002165LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002166
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002167LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002168file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2169users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2170should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2171
2172 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2173
2174If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002175modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002176
2177 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2178
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002179For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002180
2181 // vim:set ft=c:
2182
2183If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2184
2185There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002186used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002187and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002188assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2190
2191 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2192
2193For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2194
2195 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2196
2197For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2198
2199 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2200
2201For uLPC series of LPC:
2202uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2203instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2204
2205
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002206LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002207
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002208The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002209the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2210lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022115.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002212
2213 :let lua_version = 5
2214 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002215
2216
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002217MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002218
2219Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002220quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2222whitespaces and end with a newline.
2223
2224Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002225as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002226only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2227
2228By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002229displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002230with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2231
2232 :let mail_minlines = 30
2233
2234
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002235MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002236
2237In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2238errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2239feature off by using: >
2240
2241 :let make_no_commands = 1
2242
2243
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002244MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002245
2246Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2247supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2248The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2249highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2250
2251 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2252
2253to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2254choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22551, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2256$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2257
2258 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2259 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2260 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2261 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2262 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2263 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2264 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2265 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2266 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2267
2268
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002269MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2270
2271If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2272slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002273the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002274
2275 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2276
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002277If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2278documents you can enable like this: >
2279
2280 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2281
2282To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2283
2284 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2285
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002286
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002287MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002288
2289Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2290have the following in your .vimrc: >
2291
2292 let filetype_m = "mma"
2293
2294
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002295MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2296
2297Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2298dialect.
2299
2300The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2301
2302 taggedComment :=
2303 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2304 ;
2305
2306 dialectTag :=
2307 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2308 ;
2309
2310 reserved words
2311 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2312
2313A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2314lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2315additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2316
2317Example: >
2318
2319 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2320 ...
2321
2322Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2323dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2324defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2325
2326Example: >
2327
2328 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2329
2330
2331Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2332variables.
2333
2334Variable Highlight ~
2335*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2336*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2337*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2338
2339*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2340*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2341*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2342
2343*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2344
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002345MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002346
2347If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2348highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2349comments: >
2350
2351 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2352
2353To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2354
2355 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2356
2357To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2358'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2359
2360 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2361
2362Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2363
2364 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2365
2366To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2367
2368 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2369
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002370Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2372To enable this option: >
2373
2374 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2375
2376An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2377
2378 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2379
2380
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002381MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002382
2383There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2384
2385If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2386
2387 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2388
2389For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2390set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2391
2392 :let msql_minlines = 200
2393
2394
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002395N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2396
2397N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2398Couchbase Server databases.
2399
2400Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2401and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2402many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2403
2404
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002405NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002406
2407There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2408
2409If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2410errors, use this: >
2411
2412 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2413
2414If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2415
2416
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002417NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002418
2419The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2420activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2421can use them.
2422
2423For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002424processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002425features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2426|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002427
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002428 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002429
2430Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2431Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2432there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002433you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002434can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2435native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2436\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2437accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2438environments.
2439
2440In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2441follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2442
24431. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2444
24452. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2446 exclamation mark, etc.
2447
24483. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2449 carriage return.
2450
2451The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2452algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2453
2454Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2455furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2456vertical space input will be output as is.
2457
2458Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2459than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2460practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002461marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002462need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002463spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2464
2465 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2466
2467Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2468with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2469highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002470"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002471
2472 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2473 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2474 \ gui=reverse,bold
2475
2476If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2477with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2478file: >
2479
2480 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2481
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002482As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002483paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2484
2485Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2486groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2487
2488
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002489OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002490
2491The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2492.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2493
2494 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2495
2496you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2497by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2498
2499 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2500
2501prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2502contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2503
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002504PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2505
2506By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2507Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
2508To do so, set the following: >
2509
2510 :let g:markdown_md = 'pandoc'
2511
2512The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2513
2514 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2515
2516To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2517
2518 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2519
2520This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2521
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002522 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002523 - image
2524 - block
2525 - subscript
2526 - superscript
2527 - strikeout
2528 - atx
2529 - codeblock_start
2530 - codeblock_delim
2531 - footnote
2532 - definition
2533 - list
2534 - newline
2535 - dashes
2536 - ellipses
2537 - quotes
2538 - inlinecode
2539 - inlinemath
2540
2541You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2542footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2543
2544 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2545
2546To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2547
2548 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2549
2550Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2551Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2552and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2553
2554 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2555
2556Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2557specified. Default = 1 >
2558
2559 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2560
2561For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2562list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2563can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2564
2565 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2566
2567To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2568
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002569 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002570
2571"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2572you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2573
2574To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2575
2576 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2577
2578Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2579Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2580
2581 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2582
2583The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2584
2585 :PandocHighlight LANG
2586
2587Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2588syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2589
2590 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2591
2592Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002593
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002594PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002595
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002596The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002597and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002598as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2599sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002600you set the variable: >
2601
2602 :let papp_include_html=1
2603
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002604in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002605sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002606edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002607
2608The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2609http://papp.plan9.de.
2610
2611
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002612PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002613
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002614Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2615could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2616or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002617
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002618 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2619 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002620
2621The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2622provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002623Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002624enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2625following line to your startup file: >
2626
2627 :let pascal_traditional=1
2628
2629To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2630keywords, etc): >
2631
2632 :let pascal_delphi=1
2633
2634
2635The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2636*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2637operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2638
2639 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2640
2641Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2642
2643 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2644
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002645Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002646pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2647match Turbo Pascal. >
2648
2649 :let pascal_gpc=1
2650
2651or >
2652
2653 :let pascal_fpc=1
2654
2655To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2656pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2657
2658 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2659
2660If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2661will be highlighted as Error. >
2662
2663 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2664
2665
2666
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002667PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002668
2669There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2670
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002671Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2672to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2673files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002674
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002675 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002676
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002677To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002678off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002679
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002680To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2681from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002682
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002683 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002684
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002685(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2686enabled it.)
2687
2688If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2689
2690 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2691
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002692(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002693
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002694The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2695be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002696perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2697
2698 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2699 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2700 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2701
2702(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2703
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002704The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002705synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2706If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002707then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2708you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709
2710One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2711
2712 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2713 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2714
2715Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2716its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2717
2718 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2719
2720If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2721
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002722 :let perl_fold = 1
2723
2724If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2725
2726 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002727
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002728Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2729this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002730
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002731 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002732
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002733Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2734via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002735
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002736 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2737
2738Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2739behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2740
2741 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002742
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002743PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002744
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002745[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002746it has been renamed to "php"]
2747
2748There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2749
2750If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2751
2752 let php_sql_query = 1
2753
2754For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2755
2756 let php_baselib = 1
2757
2758Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2759
2760 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2761
2762Using the old colorstyle: >
2763
2764 let php_oldStyle = 1
2765
2766Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2767
2768 let php_asp_tags = 1
2769
2770Disable short tags: >
2771
2772 let php_noShortTags = 1
2773
2774For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2775
2776 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2777
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002778For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002779one: >
2780
2781 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2782
2783Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2784
2785 let php_folding = 1
2786
2787Selecting syncing method: >
2788
2789 let php_sync_method = x
2790
2791x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2792x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2793x = 0 to sync from start.
2794
2795
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002796PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2797
2798TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2799variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002800see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002801
2802This syntax file has the option >
2803
2804 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2805
2806if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2807
2808
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002809PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810
2811PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2812
2813This syntax file has the options:
2814
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002815- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002816 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002817
2818 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002819 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002820
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002821 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002822 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002823 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002824
2825 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2826
2827- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2828 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2829
2830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002831PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002832
2833There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2834
2835If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2836
2837 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2838
2839For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2840set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2841
2842 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2843
2844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002845POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002846
2847There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2848
2849First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2850currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2851and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2852Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2853extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2854level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2855highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2856
2857 :let postscr_level=2
2858
2859If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2860the most prevalent version currently.
2861
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002862Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002863particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2864PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2865
2866If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2867Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2868follows: >
2869
2870 :let postscr_display=1
2871
2872If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2873Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2874postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2875
2876 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2877
2878PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2879useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2880cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2881character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2882explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2883highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2884
2885 :let postscr_fonts=1
2886 :let postscr_encodings=1
2887
2888There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2889PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2890operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2891if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2892operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2893or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2894highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2895postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2896
2897 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2898<
2899
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002900 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2901PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002902
2903This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2904
2905In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2906the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2907appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2908patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2909"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2910
2911For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2912files, add the following: >
2913
2914 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2915 \ set filetype=ptcap
2916
2917If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2918are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2919internal variable to a larger number: >
2920
2921 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2922
2923(The default is 20 lines.)
2924
2925
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002926PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002927
2928Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2929doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2930startup vimrc: >
2931 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2932The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2933Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2934 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2935 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2936
2937
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002938PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002939
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002940There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002941
2942For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002943 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002944
2945For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002946 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002947
2948For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002949 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2950
2951For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2952 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2953or >
2954 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002955The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002956
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002957For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002958 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002959
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002960If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002961 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002962This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2963unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002964
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002965If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2966you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002967Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2968 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002969This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2970
2971Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2972 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2973
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002974
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002975QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002976
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002977The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2978based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2979between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2980definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2981to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2982be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002983
2984set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2985 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2986
2987set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2988 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2989
2990set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2991 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2992
2993Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2994commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2995
2996
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002997R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2998
2999The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3000can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3001 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3002
3003You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3004 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3005
3006enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3007braces: >
3008 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3009
3010and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3011 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3012
3013
3014R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3015
3016To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3017 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3018
3019To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3020 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3021
3022To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3023 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3024
3025By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003026language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3027highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3028is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3029behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3030and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3031 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3032 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3033 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3034 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3035 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3036
3037If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3038list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3039the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003040 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3041
3042
3043R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3044
3045To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3046 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3047
3048
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003049READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003050
3051The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003052few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3054command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3055 let readline_has_bash = 1
3056
3057This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3058later, and part earlier) adds.
3059
3060
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003061REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3062
3063Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3064language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3065the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3066
3067
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003068RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3069
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003070Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3071select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3072syntax list.
3073
3074To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003075 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003076
3077To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3078`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3079 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003080 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3081 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003082 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003083 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003084
3085To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3086 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3087
3088To enable folding of sections: >
3089 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3090
3091Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3092
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003093
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003094REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003095
3096If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3097when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3098to a larger number: >
3099 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3100This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3101displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3102number is that redrawing can become slow.
3103
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003104Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3105comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3106your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3107>
3108 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3109
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003110
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003111RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003112
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003113 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3114 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3115 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3116 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3117 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3118
3119 *ruby_operators*
3120 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3121
3122Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3123
3124 :let ruby_operators = 1
3125<
3126 *ruby_space_errors*
3127 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3128
3129Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3130
3131 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3132<
3133This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3134as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3135"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3136spaces respectively.
3137
3138 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3139 Ruby: Folding ~
3140
3141Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3142
3143 :let ruby_fold = 1
3144<
3145This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3146buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3147filetypes.
3148
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003149Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3150"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3151
3152You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3153
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003154 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003155<
3156The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3157
3158 keyword meaning ~
3159 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3160 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3161 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003162 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003163 def "def" block
3164 class "class" block
3165 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003166 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003167 begin "begin" block
3168 case "case" block
3169 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003170 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3171 [ Array literal
3172 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3173 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003174 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003175 : Symbol
3176 # Multiline comment
3177 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003178 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3179
3180 *ruby_no_expensive*
3181 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003182
3183By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003184of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3186you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003187
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003188 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003189<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003190In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3191
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003192 *ruby_minlines*
3193
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003194If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3195scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3196the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003197
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003198 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003199<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3201largest class or module.
3202
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003203 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3204 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003205
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003206Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3207"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003208
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003209 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003210<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003211
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003212SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003213
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003214By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003215
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003216scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3217Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003218
3219
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003220SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003221
3222The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3223of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3224
3225The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3226case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003227used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3229 :let sdl_2000=1
3230
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003231This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003232keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3233 :let SDL_no_96=1
3234
3235
3236The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3237satisfied with it for my own projects.
3238
3239
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003240SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003241
3242To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003243highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003244
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003245 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3246<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003247in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3248inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3249by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3250also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3251you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3252
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003253GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3254comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3255comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3256
3257 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3258<
3259Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3260not (yet) affected by this setting.
3261
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003262Bugs:
3263
3264 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3265 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3266 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3267 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3268 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3269 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3270
3271
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003272SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003273
3274The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3275
3276The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3277This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3278closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3279defined for you)
3280
3281Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3282names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3283
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003284Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003285names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3286
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003287Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003288are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3289text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3290<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3291
3292If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3293following syntax groups:
3294
3295 - sgmlBold
3296 - sgmlBoldItalic
3297 - sgmlUnderline
3298 - sgmlItalic
3299 - sgmlLink for links
3300
3301To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3302following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3303are read during initialization) >
3304 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3305
3306You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3307vimrc file: >
3308 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3309
3310(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3311
3312
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003313 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003314SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003315
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003316This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3317shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003318
3319Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003320various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003321
3322 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3323 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3324<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003325See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3326cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3327/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3328that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3329shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3330symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003331
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003332One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003333variables in your <.vimrc>:
3334
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003335 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003336 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003337< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003338 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003339< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003340 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003341< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003342 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003343
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003344< (dash users should use posix)
3345
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003346If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3347default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003348the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3349statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003350sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003351
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003352The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3353
3354 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3355 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3356 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3357 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003358>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003359then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003360syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3361to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003362
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003363 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3364
3365If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3366when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003367to a larger number. Example: >
3368
3369 let sh_minlines = 500
3370
3371This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3372displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3373number is that redrawing can become slow.
3374
3375If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3376reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3377
3378 let sh_maxlines = 100
3379<
3380The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3381speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3382
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003383syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003384unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003385for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3386the following line in your .vimrc: >
3387
3388 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3389<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003390
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003391 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3392 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003393
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003394You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3395Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3396file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3397
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003398 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003399 " ==============
3400 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3401 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3402 unlet b:current_syntax
3403 endif
3404 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3405 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3406 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3407 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3408 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3409<
3410This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3411 awk '...awk code here...'
3412be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3413extended to other languages.
3414
3415
3416SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3417(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003418
3419The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3420
3421- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3422 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3423 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3424
3425- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3426 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003427 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3429 them in the syntax file.
3430
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003431- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003432 highlighting of # style comments.
3433
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003434 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003435 number of #s.
3436
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003437 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003438 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003439
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003440 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003441 more than one #.
3442
3443Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003444PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003445fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3446the syntax file.
3447
3448
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003449SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3450 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003451 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003452
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003453While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3454custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3455SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003456
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003457Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3458scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3459supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3460buffer by buffer basis.
3461
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003462For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003463
3464
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003465SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3466
3467Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3468designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3469bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3470with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3471
3472
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003473TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003474
3475This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3476for how the filetype is detected.
3477
3478Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003479is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3480add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003481
3482 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3483
3484If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3485when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3486to a larger number: >
3487
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003488 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003489
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003490This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3491displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3492synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3493tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3494redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495
3496
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003497TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003498 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003499
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003500 Tex Contents~
3501 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3502 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3503 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3504 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3505 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3506 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3507 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3508 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3509 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3510 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3511 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3512 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3513 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003514 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003515 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003516
3517 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003518 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003519
3520As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3521sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3522 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3523in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3524modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3525 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003526If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003527 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003528<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003529 *g:tex_nospell*
3530 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3531
3532If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3533 let g:tex_nospell=1
3534into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3535comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3536
3537 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003538 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003539
3540Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3541prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3542this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3543 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003544If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3545see |g:tex_nospell|.
3546
3547 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003548 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003549
3550Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3551one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3552want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3553 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003554<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003555 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003556 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003557
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003558The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3559highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3560texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3561terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3562as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003563special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3564 %stopzone
3565which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3566texMathZone.
3567
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003568 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003569 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003570
3571If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3572 :syn sync maxlines=200
3573 :syn sync minlines=50
3574(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003575increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3577
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003578Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3579|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3580
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003581 *g:tex_fast*
3582
3583Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3584
3585 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3586
3587in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3588highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3589synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3590price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3591folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3592
3593You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3594selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3595
3596 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3597 c : allow texComment syntax
3598 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3599 M : allow texMath syntax
3600 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3601 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3602 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3603 S : allow texStyle syntax
3604 v : allow verbatim syntax
3605 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3606<
3607As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3608but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003609(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003610
3611 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003612 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003613
3614LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3615of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3616package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3617it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3618techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003619by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3620which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3621http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003622
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003623I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3624
3625 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3626<
3627The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3628
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003629 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003630 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003631
3632The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3633although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3634errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3635you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003636 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003637and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003638
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003639 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003640 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003641
3642If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3643code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003644 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3645You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3646(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3647As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3648 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3649You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3650and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3651The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3652has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003653
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003654 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003655 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003656
3657One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3658commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3659following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3660such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3661
3662 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3663 :set ft=tex
3664
3665Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3666always accept such use of @.
3667
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003668 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003669 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003670
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003671If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3672number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3673including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3674superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3675superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3676In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3677
3678One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3679with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003680
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003681 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003682 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3683
3684You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003685<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3686for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003687
3688 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003689 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003690 d = delimiters
3691 m = math symbols
3692 g = Greek
3693 s = superscripts/subscripts
3694<
3695By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3696substitution will not be made.
3697
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003698 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3699 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3700
3701Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3702keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3703syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3704
3705 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3706 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3707 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003708 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003709 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3710 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3711 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003712 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003713
3714 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3715 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3716
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003717 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3718 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3719
3720 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3721
3722 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3723 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3724
3725 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3726 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3727 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3728 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3729
3730 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3731 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3732<
3733 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3734 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3735 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3736< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3737 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3738
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003739 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3740 Tex: Match Check Control~
3741
3742 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003743 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3744 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003745 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3746 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3747 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3748< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3749 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3750 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3751< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3752 regions, >
3753 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3754< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003755
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003756TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003757
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003758There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3759
3760For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3761set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3762
3763 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3764<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003765VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3766 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003767There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003768updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3769g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3770improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003771
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003772 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3773 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3774<
3775 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3776 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003777
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003778 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3779The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3780embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003781
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003782 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3783 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003784 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3785 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3786 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3787 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3788 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003789<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003790By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3791itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3792of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3793and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003794 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003795
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003796Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003797
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003798 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3799 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3800 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003801 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3802 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003803 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003804 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3805 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3806 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3807 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3808 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003809let g:vimsyn_folding = 'acfhlmpPrt'
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003810<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003811 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003812Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3813is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003814highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003815
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003816 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3817<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003818
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003819
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003820WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3821
3822The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3823with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3824bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3825https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3826
3827
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003828XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003829
3830The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3831variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3832You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3833xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3834your .vimrc. Example: >
3835 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3836When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3837
3838Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3839"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3840highlighted.
3841
3842
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003843XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003844
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003845Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003846setting a global variable: >
3847
3848 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3849<
3850 *xml-folding*
3851The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003852start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003853
3854 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3855 :set foldmethod=syntax
3856
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003857Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003858especially for large files.
3859
3860
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003861X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003862
3863xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3864XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3865you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3866
3867To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3868somewhere else with "P".
3869
3870Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3871 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003872 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003873 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003874 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3875 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003876 :endfunction
3877 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3878 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3879This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3880It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3881must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3882
3883It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3884 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3885
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003886
3887YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3888
3889 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003890A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3891non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3892plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3893and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3894integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003895will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3896
3897Schema Description ~
3898failsafe No additional highlighting.
3899json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3900core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003901pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3902 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3903 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003904 schema.
3905
3906Default schema is `core`.
3907
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003908Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3909only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003910difference defined in the syntax file.
3911
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003912
3913ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3914
3915The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3916
3917 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3918
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003919==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039206. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003921
3922Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3923
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039241. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003925 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3926 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3927 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3928 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3929 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3930 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003931
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039322. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003933 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3934
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039353. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003936 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3937 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3938 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3939
3940Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3941you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3942to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3943and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3944"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3945one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3946This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3947each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3948for a lot of groups.
3949
3950Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3951group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3952for the syntax group with the same name.
3953
3954In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3955defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3956using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3957match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3958keyword with ignoring case.
3959
3960
3961PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3962
3963When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3964
39651. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3966 defined last has priority.
39672. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
39683. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3969 start in later positions.
3970
3971
3972DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3973
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003974:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003975 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3976 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3977 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3978 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3979
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003980:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003981 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003982
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003983
3984DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3985
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003986:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3987:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003988 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3989 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3990
3991 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3992 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3993
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003994 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003995 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3996 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3997 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3998
3999:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004000 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4001 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004002
4003 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4004
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004005SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4006
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004007:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4008:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4009:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004010 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4011 in a syntax item:
4012
4013 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4014 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4015 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4016
4017 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4018 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4019 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4020
4021 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4022
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004023:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004024 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4025 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004026
4027
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004028SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4029
4030:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4031 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4032 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4033
4034 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4035 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004036 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004037
4038 Example: >
4039 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4040<
4041 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4042 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4043 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4044
4045 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4046
4047 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004048 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004049 match.
4050
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004051 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4052 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004053 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004054
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004055DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4056
4057:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4058
4059 This defines a number of keywords.
4060
4061 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4062 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4063 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4064
4065 Example: >
4066 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4067<
4068 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4069 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4070 These examples do exactly the same: >
4071 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4072 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4073 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004074< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004075 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4076 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4077 variations at once: >
4078 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4079<
4080 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4081 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4082 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4083 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4084 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004085 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004086
4087 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4088 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4089 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4090
4091 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4092 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4093 instead.
4094
4095 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4096
4097 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4098 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4099 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004100 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004101 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4102 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4103< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4104 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4105 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4106
4107
4108DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4109
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004110:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4111 [excludenl]
4112 [keepend]
4113 {pattern}
4114 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004115
4116 This defines one match.
4117
4118 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4119 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4120 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4121 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4122 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004123 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4124 match with the end pattern. See
4125 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004126 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4127 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4128 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4129 line, which makes the match depend on where
4130 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4131 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4132
4133 Example (match a character constant): >
4134 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4135<
4136
4137DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4138 *E398* *E399*
4139:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4140 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4141 [keepend]
4142 [extend]
4143 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004144 start={start-pattern} ..
4145 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4146 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004147 [{options}]
4148
4149 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4150
4151 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4152 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4153 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4154 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4155 for the text in between the matched start and
4156 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4157 a different group for the start or end match.
4158 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4159 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4160 match with the end pattern. See
4161 |:syn-keepend|.
4162 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004163 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004164 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4165 extend a containing match or item. Only
4166 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4167 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004168 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004170 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004171 the region where not to look for the end
4172 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004173 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004174 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4175
4176 Example: >
4177 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4178<
4179 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4180 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4181 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4182 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4183 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4184 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4185
4186 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4187 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4188 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4189 the end patterns.
4190
4191 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4192 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4193 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4194
4195 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4196 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4197 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4198 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4199
4200 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4201 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4202 work: >
4203 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4204 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4205< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4206 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4207 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4208 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4209 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4210< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4211 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4212
4213 *:syn-keepend*
4214 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4215 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4216 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4217 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4218 { starts outer "{}" region
4219 { starts contained "{}" region
4220 } ends contained "{}" region
4221 } ends outer "{} region
4222 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4223 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4224 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4225 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4226 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4227 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4228 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4229< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4230 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4231
4232 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4233 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4234 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4235 contained matches.
4236 *:syn-extend*
4237 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4238 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4239 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4240 extended.
4241 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4242 others don't. Example: >
4243
4244 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4245 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4246 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4247
4248< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4249 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4250 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4251
4252 Another example: >
4253 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4254< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4255 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4256 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4257 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4258 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4259
4260 *:syn-excludenl*
4261 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4262 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4263 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4264 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4265 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4266 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4267 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4268 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4269 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4270 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4271 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4272 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4273 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4274
4275 *:syn-matchgroup*
4276 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4277 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4278 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4279< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4280 between with the "String" group.
4281 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4282 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4283 using a matchgroup.
4284
4285 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4286 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4287 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4288 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4289 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4290
4291 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4292 different colors: >
4293 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4294 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4295 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4296 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4297 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4298 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004299<
4300 *E849*
4301The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004302
4303==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043047. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004305
4306The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4307The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4308and may be mixed with patterns.
4309
4310Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4311can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004312 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004313 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4314:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4315:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4316:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004317
4318These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004319 conceal
4320 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004321 contained
4322 containedin
4323 nextgroup
4324 transparent
4325 skipwhite
4326 skipnl
4327 skipempty
4328
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004329conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4330
4331When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004332Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004333'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4334concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4335edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004336
4337Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4338bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004339
4340concealends *:syn-concealends*
4341
4342When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4343the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4344Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4345'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004346in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4347|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4348items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004349
4350cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004351 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004352The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4353when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4354argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004355character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4356a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004357 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004358See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004359
4360contained *:syn-contained*
4361
4362When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4363the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4364another match. Example: >
4365 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4366 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4367
4368
4369display *:syn-display*
4370
4371If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4372detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4373by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4374to be displayed.
4375
4376Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4377conditions:
4378- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4379 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4380 line.
4381- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4382 make it continue on the next line.
4383- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4384 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4385 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4386- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4387 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4388 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4389 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4390
4391Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4392- match with a number
4393- match with a label
4394
4395
4396transparent *:syn-transparent*
4397
4398If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4399itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4400is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4401only to skip over a part of the text.
4402
4403The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4404unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4405avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4406highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4407 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4408 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4409 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4410 :hi link myString String
4411 :hi link myWord Comment
4412Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4413match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4414argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4415it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4416out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004417"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004418happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4419position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4420
4421When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4422items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4423see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4424through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4425
4426 look from here
4427
4428 | | | | | |
4429 V V V V V V
4430
4431 xxxx yyy more contained items
4432 .................... contained item (transparent)
4433 ============================= first item
4434
4435The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4436transparent group.
4437
4438What you see is:
4439
4440 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4441
4442Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4443
4444
4445oneline *:syn-oneline*
4446
4447The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4448boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4449region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4450the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4451continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4452line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4453
4454When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4455pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4456end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4457means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4458be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4459line break.
4460
4461
4462fold *:syn-fold*
4463
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004464The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004465Example: >
4466 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4467 :syn sync fromstart
4468 :set foldmethod=syntax
4469This will make each {} block form one fold.
4470
4471The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4472ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4473The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004474See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4475from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004476{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4477
4478
4479 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004480contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004481
4482The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4483groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4484containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4485regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4486this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4487here.
4488
4489contains=ALL
4490 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4491 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4492
4493contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4494 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4495 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4496 are listed. Example: >
4497 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4498
4499contains=TOP
4500 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4501 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4502 argument.
4503contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4504 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4505
4506contains=CONTAINED
4507 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4508 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4509 argument.
4510contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4511 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4512 listed.
4513
4514
4515The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4516that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4517The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4518 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4519The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4520that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4521command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4522syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4523the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4524group names.
4525
4526The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4527region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4528|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4529region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4530area that is highlighted
4531
4532
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004533containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004534
4535The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4536item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4537containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4538
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004539The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004540
4541This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4542be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4543of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4544the C syntax: >
4545 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4546Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4547level.
4548
4549Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4550appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4551keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4552work.
4553
4554
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004555nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004556
4557The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4558separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4559
4560If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4561tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4562a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4563will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4564current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4565other groups. Example: >
4566 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4567 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4568 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4569
4570This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4571"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4572highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4573
4574 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4575 fff bbb fff bbb
4576
4577Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4578when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4579highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4580would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4581
4582
4583skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4584skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4585skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4586
4587These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4588used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004589 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004590 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4591 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4592
4593When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4594next group that matches the white space.
4595
4596When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4597line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4598line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4599the current item in the same line.
4600
4601When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4602groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4603for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4604space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4605
4606Example: >
4607 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4608 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4609 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4610Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4611match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4612precedence.
4613Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4614"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4615example).
4616
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004617IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4618
4619:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4620 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4621 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4622 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4623 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4624 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4625 given explicitly.
4626
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004627:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004628 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004629
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004630==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046318. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004632
4633In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4634characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4635use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4636use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4637 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4638 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4639
4640See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004641always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004642value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4643not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4644independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4645
4646Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4647This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4648
4649 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4650The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4651change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4652match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4653are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4654pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4655
4656The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4657The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4658
4659ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4660me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4661hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4662he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4663rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4664re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4665lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4666
4667The {offset} can be:
4668
4669s start of the matched pattern
4670s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4671s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4672e end of the matched pattern
4673e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4674e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004675{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004676
4677Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4678
4679Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4680meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4681
4682 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4683match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4684region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4685region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4686region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4687
4688Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4689 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4690<
4691 some "string" text
4692 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4693
4694Notes:
4695- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4696 offset(s).
4697- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4698- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4699 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004700- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004701 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004702 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004703- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4704 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4705 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4706
4707Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4708 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4709<
4710 /* this is a comment */
4711 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4712
4713A more complicated Example: >
4714 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4715<
4716 abcfoostringbarabc
4717 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004718 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004719
4720Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4721
4722Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4723with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004724in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004725
4726The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4727be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4728cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4729characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4730used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4731specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4732
4733 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4734 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4735 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4736<
4737 ___zzzz ___wwww
4738 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4739 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4740 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4741
4742The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4743unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4744
4745
4746Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4747
4748The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4749expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4750
4751When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4752allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004753following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4754the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004755
4756The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4757continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4758matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4759halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4760previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4761is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4762 x x a
4763 b x x
4764Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4765after the "\n".
4766
4767
4768External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4769
4770These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4771
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004772 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004773 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4774 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4775 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004776
4777 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4778 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4779 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4780 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4781
4782Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4783sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4784shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4785items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4786referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4787example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4788 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4789
4790As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4791it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004792changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004793first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4794also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004795 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004796
4797Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4798indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4799to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4800Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4801within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4802sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4803the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4804
4805Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4806cannot be referred to.
4807
4808==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048099. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004810
4811:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4812 [add={group-name}..]
4813 [remove={group-name}..]
4814
4815This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4816single name.
4817
4818 contains={group-name}..
4819 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4820 add={group-name}..
4821 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4822 remove={group-name}..
4823 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4824
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004825A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4826nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4827this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004828
4829Example: >
4830 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4831 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4832
4833As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4834retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4835to speak: >
4836 :syntax keyword A aaa
4837 :syntax keyword B bbb
4838 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4839 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4840 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4841
4842This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4843 :syntax keyword A aaa
4844 :syntax keyword B bbb
4845 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4846 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4847 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4848 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4849 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004850<
4851 *E848*
4852The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004853
4854==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100485510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004856
4857It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4858a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4859two different ways:
4860
4861 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4862 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4863 the |:runtime| command: >
4864
4865 " In cpp.vim:
4866 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4867 :unlet b:current_syntax
4868
4869< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4870 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4871 ":syntax include" command:
4872
4873:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4874
4875 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4876 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4877 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4878 that list. >
4879
4880 " In perl.vim:
4881 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4882 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4883<
4884 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4885 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4886 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4887 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4888 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004889 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4890 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004891
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004892 *E847*
4893The maximum number of includes is 999.
4894
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004895==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100489611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004897
4898Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4899make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4900redrawing starts.
4901
4902:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4903
4904There are four ways to synchronize:
49051. Always parse from the start of the file.
4906 |:syn-sync-first|
49072. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4908 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4909 |:syn-sync-second|
49103. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4911 |:syn-sync-third|
49124. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4913 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4914
4915 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4916For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4917limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4918
4919If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4920that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4921lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4922
4923If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4924for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4925adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4926slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004927 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004928<
4929 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4930When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4931cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4932start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4933the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4934break use this: >
4935 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4936The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4937change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4938value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4939
4940
4941First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4942>
4943 :syntax sync fromstart
4944
4945The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4946accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4947so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004948when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004949case: to the end of the file).
4950
4951Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4952
4953
4954Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4955
4956For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4957Example: >
4958 :syntax sync ccomment
4959
4960When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4961comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4962used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4963An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4964 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4965This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4966used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4967region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4968
4969The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4970lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4971lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4972lines, but it hard to sync on).
4973
4974Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4975that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4976is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4977chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4978is hardly ever noticed.
4979
4980
4981Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4982
4983For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4984Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4985means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4986Example: >
4987 :syntax sync minlines=50
4988
4989"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4990
4991
4992Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4993
4994The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4995sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4996region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4997starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4998the search continues backwards in the file.
4999
5000This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5001matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5002- Keywords cannot be used.
5003- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5004 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5005- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5006 forwards.
5007- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5008 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5009 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005010 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005011- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5012 group of continued lines).
5013- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5014 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5015 line (or group of continued lines).
5016- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5017 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5018 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5019 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5020
5021There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
50221. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5023 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5024 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5025 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
50262. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5027 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5028 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5029 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5030Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5031
5032Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5033avoid finding unwanted matches.
5034
5035[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5036search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5037highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5038faster.]
5039
5040 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5041 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5042
5043 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5044 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5045 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5046 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5047 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5048
5049 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5050 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5051
5052 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5053 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5054 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5055 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5056 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5057 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5058 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5059 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5060 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5061 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5062
5063 :syntax sync match ..
5064 :syntax sync region ..
5065
5066 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5067 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5068
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005069 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005070 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5071
5072 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5073 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5074 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5075
5076If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5077searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5078few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5079 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5080
5081You can clear all sync settings with: >
5082 :syntax sync clear
5083
5084You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5085 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5086
5087==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100508812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005089
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005090This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005091
5092 :sy[ntax] [list]
5093
5094To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5095
5096 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5097
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005098To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005099
5100 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5101
5102See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5103
5104Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5105is mostly used, because it looks better.
5106
5107==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100510813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005109
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005110In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005111and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5112of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005113
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005114 colorscheme pablo
5115<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005116 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005117:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5118 This is basically the same as >
5119 :echo g:colors_name
5120< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5121 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5122 feature it will output "unknown".
5123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005124:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005125 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005126 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005127 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5128 "start" and then under "opt".
5129
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005130 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005131 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005132
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005133You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5134appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5135the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5136darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005137
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005138 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5139 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005140<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005141For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5142use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5143the original color scheme: >
5144 runtime colors/evening.vim
5145 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005146
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005147Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5148(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5149autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5150|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5151
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005152 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005153If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5154using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5155color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5156 augroup my_colorschemes
5157 au!
5158 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5159 augroup END
5160
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005161Change a couple more colors: >
5162 augroup my_colorschemes
5163 au!
5164 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005165 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005166 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5167 augroup END
5168
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005169If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5170colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5171 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5172 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5173
5174With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5175different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5176group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5177you can find them here:
5178https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5179
5180For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5181 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5182
5183
5184==============================================================================
518514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5186
5187There are three types of highlight groups:
5188- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5189 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5190 linked to a group of the second type.
5191- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5192- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5193 *hitest.vim*
5194You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5195 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5196This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5197in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005198
5199:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5200 attributes set.
5201
5202:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5203 List one highlight group.
5204
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005205 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005206:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005207 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005208 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5209 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005210 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005211
5212:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5213:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5214 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5215 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5216
5217:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5218 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005219 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005220 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005221 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005222 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5223 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5224 argument.
5225
5226Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5227default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5228highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5229values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5230the default value.
5231
5232A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5233a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5234
5235 :hi Comment gui=bold
5236
5237Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5238specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5239result is like this single command has been used: >
5240 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5241<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005242 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005243When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5244also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5245 :verbose hi Comment
5246< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005247 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005248
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005249When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5250mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005251
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005252 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5253There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5254term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005255cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005256 termcap entry)
5257gui the GUI
5258
5259For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5260the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5261
52621. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5263
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005264 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005265 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5266 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5267 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005268term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005269 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005270 following items (in any order):
5271 bold
5272 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005273 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005274 underdouble not always available
5275 underdotted not always available
5276 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005277 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005278 reverse
5279 inverse same as reverse
5280 italic
5281 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005282 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005283 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5284
5285 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5286 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005287 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005288 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005289 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005290 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5291 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5292 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5293 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5294 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5295
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005296< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5297 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5298 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5299 have to specify the codes like this: >
5300 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5301 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5302 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5303< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5304 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5305 fallback.
5306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005307
5308start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5309stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5310 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5311 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5312
5313 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5314 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5315 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5316 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5317 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5318 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5319 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5320
5321 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5322
5323 1. A string with escape sequences.
5324 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5325 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5326 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5327 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5328
5329 2. A list of terminal codes.
5330 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5331 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5332 White space is not allowed. Example:
5333 start=t_C1,t_BL
5334 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5335
5336
53372. highlight arguments for color terminals
5338
5339cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5340 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5341 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5342 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5343 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005344 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5345 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5346 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005347
5348ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5349ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005350ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5351 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5352 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5353
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005354 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5355 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5356 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5357 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5358 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5359 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5360
5361 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5362 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5363 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5364 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5365 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005366 *tmux*
5367 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5368 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005369 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5370 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005371< More info at:
5372 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5373 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005375 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5376 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5377 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005378 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5379 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5380
5381 *cterm-colors*
5382 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5383 0 0 Black
5384 1 4 DarkBlue
5385 2 2 DarkGreen
5386 3 6 DarkCyan
5387 4 1 DarkRed
5388 5 5 DarkMagenta
5389 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5390 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5391 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5392 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5393 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5394 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5395 12 1* Red, LightRed
5396 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5397 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5398 15 7* White
5399
5400 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5401 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5402 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5403 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5404 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5405 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5406 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5407 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5408 a number instead of a color name.
5409
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005410 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5411 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005412 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005413 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5414 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005415
5416 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5417 colors!
5418
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005419 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5420
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005421 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5422 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5423 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5424 Example: >
5425 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5426< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005427 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5428 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5429 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5430 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5431 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005432 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005433 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005434 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005435
5436 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5437 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5438 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5439 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005440 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5441 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5442 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5443 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5444 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005445 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5446< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005447 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005448 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5449
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005450ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5451 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5452 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5453 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5454 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5455 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5456 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5457 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005458
54593. highlight arguments for the GUI
5460
5461gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5462 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5463 See |attr-list| for a description.
5464 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5465 have the same effect.
5466 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5467
5468font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5469 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5470 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5471 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5472<
5473 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5474 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5475 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5476 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005477 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005478 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5479 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5480 changed.
5481 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5482 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5483 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005484 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5485 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5486 Example: >
5487 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005488
5489guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5490guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005491guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5492 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005493 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5494 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005495 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005496 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005497 bg use normal background color
5498 background use normal background color
5499 fg use normal foreground color
5500 foreground use normal foreground color
5501 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5502 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5503 Example: >
5504 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5505<
5506 *gui-colors*
5507 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5508 Red LightRed DarkRed
5509 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5510 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5511 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5512 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5513 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5514 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5515 Black White
5516 Orange Purple Violet
5517
5518 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5519 |win32-colors|.
5520
5521 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5522 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5523 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005524 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005525 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005526 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005527 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005528<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005529 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005530 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5531 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005532
5533 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5534 # override it.
5535 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5536 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5537<
5538 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5539 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5540 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5541 scheme: >
5542
5543 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5544 colorscheme alt
5545<
5546 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5547 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5548 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5549 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5550 by a color scheme using: >
5551
5552 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5553 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5554<
5555
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005556 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5557These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5558'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5559of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5560command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005561When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5562unreadable use Visual selection.
5563
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005564 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005565ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005566 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005567Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5568 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005569 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005570Cursor Character under the cursor.
5571lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5572 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005573 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005574CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005575 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005576CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005577 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005578CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005579 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005580Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005581 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005582DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005583 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005584DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005585 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005586DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005587 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005588DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005589 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005590EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005591 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005592 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005593ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005594 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005595VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005596 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005597Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005598 *hl-FoldColumn*
5599FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5600 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005601SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005602 *hl-IncSearch*
5603IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005604 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005605 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005606LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005607 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005608 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5609LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5610 option is set, above the cursor line.
5611 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5612LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5613 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005614 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005615CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5616 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005617 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5618CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005619 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5620CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005621 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005622MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005623 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005624 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005625MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5626 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005627 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005628ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005629 *hl-MsgArea*
5630MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5631 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005632 *hl-MoreMsg*
5633MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5634 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005635NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5636 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5637 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5638 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5639 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005640 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005641Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005642 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005643Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005644 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005645PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005646 *hl-PmenuKind*
5647PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5648 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5649PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5650 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5651PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5652 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5653PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005654 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005655PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005656 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5657PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005658 *hl-PopupNotification*
5659PopupNotification
5660 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5661 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005662 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005663Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005664 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5665QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005666 *hl-Search*
5667Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005668 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005669 *hl-CurSearch*
5670CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005671 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5672 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005673 *hl-SpecialKey*
5674SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5675 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005676 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005677 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005678 *hl-SpellBad*
5679SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5680 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005681 *hl-SpellCap*
5682SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5683 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005684 *hl-SpellLocal*
5685SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5686 used in another region. |spell|
5687 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5688 *hl-SpellRare*
5689SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5690 hardly ever used. |spell|
5691 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005692 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005693StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005694 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5695StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005696 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005697 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005698 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005699StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005700 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005701StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5702 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005703 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005704TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005705 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005706TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005707 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005708TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005709 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005710Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005711 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005712Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005713 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005714Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005715 *hl-VisualNOS*
5716VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5717 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5718 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005719WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005720 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005721WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005722
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005723 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005724The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005725statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005726
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005727For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005728scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5729Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5730and guifg.
5731
5732 *hl-Menu*
5733Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5734 Also used for the toolbar.
5735 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5736
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005737 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005738 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5739 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5740 set.
5741
5742 *hl-Scrollbar*
5743Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5744 scrollbars.
5745 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5746
5747 *hl-Tooltip*
5748Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5749 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5750
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005751 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005752 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5753 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5754 set.
5755
5756==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100575715. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005758
5759When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5760can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5761group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5762
5763To set a link:
5764
5765 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5766
5767To remove a link:
5768
5769 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5770
5771Notes: *E414*
5772- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5773 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5774- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5775 removed.
5776- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5777 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5778 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5779 links for groups that already have settings.
5780
5781 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5782The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5783group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5784will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5785
5786Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5787specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5788 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5789If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5790 :highlight link cComment Question
5791Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5792overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5793
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005794To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5795highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5796another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5797"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5798 highlight! default link cComment Question
5799
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005800==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100580116. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005802
5803If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5804command: >
5805 :syntax clear
5806
5807This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5808or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5809in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5810load the syntax file.
5811The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5812loaded after this command.
5813
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005814To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5815 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5816This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5817
5818To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5819 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5820This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5821
5822 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005823If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5824the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5825 :syntax off
5826
5827What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5828 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5829See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5830$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5831
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005832 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5833If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5834defaults back: >
5835
5836 :syntax reset
5837
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005838It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5839affects the highlighting.
5840
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005841This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5842
5843Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5844back to their Vim default.
5845Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5846scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5847
5848What this actually does is: >
5849
5850 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5851 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5852
5853Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5854
5855 *syncolor*
5856If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5857script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5858'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5859the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5860reset" command.
5861
5862For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5863
5864 if &background == "light"
5865 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5866 else
5867 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5868 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005869<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005870 *E679*
5871Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5872'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5873endless loop.
5874
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005875Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5876your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5877depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5878
5879 *syntax_cmd*
5880The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5881syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005882 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005883 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005884 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5885 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5886 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005887 the colors.
5888 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5889 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5890 them.
5891
5892==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100589317. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005894
5895If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5896mappings.
5897
5898 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5899 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5900>
5901 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5902 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5903
5904WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5905memory Vim will consume.
5906
5907Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005908must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5909at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005910
5911Put these lines in your Makefile:
5912
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005913# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005914types: types.vim
5915types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005916 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005917 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5918 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5919
5920And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5921
5922 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005923 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005924 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005925 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005926 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5927
5928==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100592918. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005930
5931Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5932possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5933private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5934with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5935highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5936italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5937
5938To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5939windows on the buffer: >
5940 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005941< *w:current_syntax*
5942This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5943"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5944restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5945"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5946"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005947Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005948
5949Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005950on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005951syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005952same buffer.
5953
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005954A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5955is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5956When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005957
5958==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100595919. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005960
5961Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5962default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5963 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5964 : if has("terminfo")
5965 : set t_Co=8
5966 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5967 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5968 : else
5969 : set t_Co=8
5970 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5971 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5972 : endif
5973 :endif
5974< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5975
5976You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5977e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5978
5979Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5980be wrong.
5981 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5982The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5983But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5984 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5985 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5986<
5987 *colortest.vim*
5988To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005989To use it, execute this command: >
5990 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005991
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005992Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005993output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5994at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5995colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5996
5997 *xfree-xterm*
5998To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005999included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006000at: >
6001 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6002Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6003termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6004supports. >
6005 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6006If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6007(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6008
6009This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6010 :if has("terminfo")
6011 : set t_Co=16
6012 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6013 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6014 :else
6015 : set t_Co=16
6016 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6017 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6018 :endif
6019< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6020
6021Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6022translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6023Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6024
6025For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6026
6027 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6028 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6029
6030Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6031and try if that works.
6032
6033You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6034 XTerm*color0: #000000
6035 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6036 XTerm*color2: #008000
6037 XTerm*color3: #808000
6038 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6039 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6040 XTerm*color6: #008080
6041 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6042 XTerm*color8: #808080
6043 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6044 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6045 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6046 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6047 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6048 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6049 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6050 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6051
6052[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6053cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006054newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006055
6056To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6057Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6058 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6059<
6060 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6061To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6062Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6063these resources:
6064 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6065 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6066 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6067 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6068
6069 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006070These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006071foreground colors: >
6072 :if has("terminfo")
6073 : set t_Co=8
6074 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6075 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6076 :else
6077 : set t_Co=8
6078 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6079 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6080 :endif
6081< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6082
6083 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6084These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6085emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6086bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6087 :set t_Co=16
6088 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6089 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6090<
6091 *TTpro-telnet*
6092These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6093open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6094 set t_Co=16
6095 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6096 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6097Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6098that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6099(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6100
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006101
6102==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100610320. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006104
6105This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6106
6107If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6108faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6109as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6110
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006111Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006112You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6113
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006114To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6115sequence: >
6116 :syntime on
6117 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6118 :syntime report
6119
6120This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6121it took to match them against the text.
6122
6123:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6124 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6125 matching.
6126
6127:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6128
6129:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6130
6131:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6132 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6133 the output.
6134
6135 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6136 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6137 matching this pattern.
6138 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6139 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6140 matched
6141 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6142 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6143 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6144 this is not unique.
6145 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6146
6147Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6148include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6149pattern does NOT match.
6150
6151When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6152all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6153literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6154
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006155"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006156 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006157"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006158
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006159
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006160 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: